xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision f2c9229f)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
436 **
437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
443 */
444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
445 struct PagerSavepoint {
446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
453 #endif
454 };
455 
456 /*
457 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
458 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
459 **
460 ** eState
461 **
462 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
463 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
464 **
465 ** eLock
466 **
467 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
468 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
469 **
470 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
471 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
472 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
473 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
474 **   need (and no reason to release them).
475 **
476 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
477 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
478 **   details.
479 **
480 ** changeCountDone
481 **
482 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
483 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
484 **   not updated more often than necessary.
485 **
486 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
487 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
488 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
489 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
490 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
491 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
492 **
493 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
494 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
495 **   committed.
496 **
497 ** setMaster
498 **
499 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
500 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
501 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
502 **
503 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
504 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
505 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
506 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
507 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
508 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
509 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
510 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
511 **
512 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
513 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
514 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
515 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
516 **
517 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
518 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
519 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
520 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
521 **
522 ** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
523 **
524 **   These two boolean variables control the behavior of cache-spills
525 **   (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
526 **   write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
527 **
528 **   When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
529 **   is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
530 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
531 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
532 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
533 **
534 **   If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
535 **   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
536 **   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
537 **   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
538 **   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
539 **
540 ** subjInMemory
541 **
542 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
543 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
544 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
545 **
546 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
547 **   write-transaction is opened.
548 **
549 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
550 **
551 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
552 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
553 **   OPEN and ERROR).
554 **
555 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
556 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
557 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
558 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
559 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
560 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
561 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
562 **   to dbSize==1).
563 **
564 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
565 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
566 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
567 **   dbSize is updated.
568 **
569 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
570 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
571 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
572 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
573 **   being modified.
574 **
575 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
576 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
577 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
578 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
579 **
580 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
581 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
582 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
583 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
584 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
585 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
586 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
587 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
588 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
589 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
590 **
591 ** dbHintSize
592 **
593 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
594 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
595 **
596 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
597 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
598 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
599 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
600 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
601 **   details.
602 **
603 ** errCode
604 **
605 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
606 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
607 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
608 **   sub-codes.
609 */
610 struct Pager {
611   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
612   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
613   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
614   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
615   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
616   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
617   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
618   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
619   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
620   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
621   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
622   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
623 
624   /**************************************************************************
625   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
626   ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
627   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
628   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
629   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
630   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
631   ** "configuration" of the pager.
632   */
633   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
634   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
635   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
636   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
637   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
638   u8 doNotSyncSpill;          /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
639   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
640   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
641   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
642   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
643   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
644   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
645   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
646   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
647   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
648   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
649   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
650   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
651   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
652   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
653   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
654   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
655   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
656   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
657   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
658 
659   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
660   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
661   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
662   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
663   /*
664   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
665   ***************************************************************************/
666 
667   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
668   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
669   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
670   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
671   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
672   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
673   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
674   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
675   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
676   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
677   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
678   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
679 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
680   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
681 #endif
682   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
683 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
684   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
685   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
686   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
687   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
688 #endif
689   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
690   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
691 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
692   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
693   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
694 #endif
695 };
696 
697 /*
698 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
699 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
700 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
701 */
702 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
703 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
704 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
705 
706 /*
707 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
708 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
709 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
710 */
711 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
712 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
713 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
714 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
715 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
716 #else
717 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
718 #endif
719 
720 
721 
722 /*
723 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
724 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
725 **
726 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
727 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
728 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
729 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
730 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
731 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
732 ** journal and ignore it.
733 **
734 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
735 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
736 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
737 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
738 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
739 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
740 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
741 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
742 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
743 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
744 */
745 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
746   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
747 };
748 
749 /*
750 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
751 ** the following macro.
752 */
753 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
754 
755 /*
756 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
757 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
758 */
759 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
760 
761 /*
762 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
763 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
764 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
765 ** out code that would never execute.
766 */
767 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
768 # define MEMDB 0
769 #else
770 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
771 #endif
772 
773 /*
774 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
775 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
776 */
777 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
778 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
779 #else
780 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
781 #endif
782 
783 /*
784 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
785 */
786 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
787 
788 /*
789 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
790 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
791 **
792 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
793 **
794 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
795 **
796 ** instead of
797 **
798 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
799 */
800 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
801 
802 /*
803 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
804 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
805 */
806 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
807 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
808   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
809 }
810 #else
811 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
812 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
813 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
814 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
815 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
816 #endif
817 
818 #ifndef NDEBUG
819 /*
820 ** Usage:
821 **
822 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
823 **
824 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
825 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
826 */
827 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
828   Pager *pPager = p;
829 
830   /* State must be valid. */
831   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
832        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
833        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
834        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
835        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
836        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
837        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
838   );
839 
840   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
841   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
842   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
843   */
844   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
845   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
846 
847   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
848   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
849   */
850   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
851   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
852 
853   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
854   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
855   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
856   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
857   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
858   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
859   ** state.
860   */
861   if( MEMDB ){
862     assert( p->noSync );
863     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
864          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
865     );
866     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
867     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
868   }
869 
870   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
871   ** on the file.
872   */
873   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
874   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
875 
876   switch( p->eState ){
877     case PAGER_OPEN:
878       assert( !MEMDB );
879       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
880       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
881       break;
882 
883     case PAGER_READER:
884       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
885       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
886       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
887       break;
888 
889     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
890       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
891       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
892       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
893         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
894       }
895       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
896       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
897       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
898       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
899       break;
900 
901     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
902       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
903       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
904       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
905         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
906         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
907         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
908         ** to journal_mode=wal.
909         */
910         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
911         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
912              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
913              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
914         );
915       }
916       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
917       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
918       break;
919 
920     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
921       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
922       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
923       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
924       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
925       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
926            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
927            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
928       );
929       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
930       break;
931 
932     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
933       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
934       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
935       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
936       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
937            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
938            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
939       );
940       break;
941 
942     case PAGER_ERROR:
943       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
944       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
945       ** back to OPEN state.
946       */
947       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
948       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
949       break;
950   }
951 
952   return 1;
953 }
954 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
955 
956 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
957 /*
958 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
959 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
960 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
961 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
962 **
963 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
964 */
965 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
966   static char zRet[1024];
967 
968   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
969       "Filename:      %s\n"
970       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
971       "Lock:          %s\n"
972       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
973       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
974       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
975       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
976       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
977       , p->zFilename
978       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
979         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
980         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
981         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
982         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
983         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
984         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
985       , (int)p->errCode
986       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
987         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
988         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
989         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
990         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
991       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
992       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
993         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
994         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
995         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
996         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
997         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
998       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
999       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1000       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1001   );
1002 
1003   return zRet;
1004 }
1005 #endif
1006 
1007 /*
1008 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1009 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1010 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1011 **
1012 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1013 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1014 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1015 */
1016 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1017   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1018   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1019   int i;
1020   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1021     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1022     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1023       return 1;
1024     }
1025   }
1026   return 0;
1027 }
1028 
1029 /*
1030 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1031 */
1032 static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
1033   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1034 }
1035 
1036 /*
1037 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1038 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1039 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1040 **
1041 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1042 */
1043 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1044   unsigned char ac[4];
1045   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1046   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1047     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1048   }
1049   return rc;
1050 }
1051 
1052 /*
1053 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1054 */
1055 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1056 
1057 
1058 /*
1059 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1060 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1061 */
1062 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1063   char ac[4];
1064   put32bits(ac, val);
1065   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1066 }
1067 
1068 /*
1069 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1070 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1071 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1072 **
1073 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1074 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1075 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1076 */
1077 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1078   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1079 
1080   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1081   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1082   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1083   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1084     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1085     rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1086     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1087       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1088     }
1089     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1090   }
1091   return rc;
1092 }
1093 
1094 /*
1095 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1096 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1097 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1098 **
1099 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1100 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1101 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1102 ** of this.
1103 */
1104 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1105   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1106 
1107   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1108   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1109     rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1110     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1111       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1112       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1113     }
1114   }
1115   return rc;
1116 }
1117 
1118 /*
1119 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1120 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1121 **
1122 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1123 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1124 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1125 **      to the page size.
1126 **
1127 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1128 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1129 ** database.
1130 **
1131 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1132 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1133 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1134 */
1135 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1136 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1137   assert( !MEMDB );
1138   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1139     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1140     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1141     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1142 
1143     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1144     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1145     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1146     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1147 
1148     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1149     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1150     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1151       return 0;
1152     }
1153   }
1154 
1155   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1156 }
1157 #endif
1158 
1159 /*
1160 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1161 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1162 ** and debugging only.
1163 */
1164 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1165 /*
1166 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1167 */
1168 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1169   u32 hash = 0;
1170   int i;
1171   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1172     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1173   }
1174   return hash;
1175 }
1176 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1177   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1178 }
1179 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1180   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1181 }
1182 
1183 /*
1184 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1185 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1186 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1187 */
1188 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1189 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1190   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1191   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1192   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1193 }
1194 
1195 #else
1196 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1197 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1198 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1199 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1200 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1201 
1202 /*
1203 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1204 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1205 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1206 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1207 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1208 **
1209 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1210 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1211 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1212 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1213 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1214 ** were present in the journal.
1215 **
1216 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1217 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1218 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1219 ** journal file name.
1220 **
1221 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1222 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1223 **
1224 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1225 ** error code is returned.
1226 */
1227 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1228   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1229   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1230   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1231   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1232   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1233   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1234   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1235 
1236   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1237    || szJ<16
1238    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1239    || len>=nMaster
1240    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1241    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1242    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1243    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1244   ){
1245     return rc;
1246   }
1247 
1248   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1249   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1250     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1251   }
1252   if( cksum ){
1253     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1254     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1255     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1256     ** master-journal filename.
1257     */
1258     len = 0;
1259   }
1260   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1261 
1262   return SQLITE_OK;
1263 }
1264 
1265 /*
1266 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1267 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1268 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1269 **
1270 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1271 **
1272 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1273 **   ---------------------------------------
1274 **   0                         0
1275 **   512                       512
1276 **   100                       512
1277 **   2000                      2048
1278 **
1279 */
1280 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1281   i64 offset = 0;
1282   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1283   if( c ){
1284     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1285   }
1286   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1287   assert( offset>=c );
1288   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1289   return offset;
1290 }
1291 
1292 /*
1293 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1294 **
1295 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1296 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1297 **
1298 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1299 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1300 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1301 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1302 ** after writing or truncating it.
1303 **
1304 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1305 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1306 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1307 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1308 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1309 **
1310 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1311 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1312 */
1313 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1314   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1315   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1316   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1317     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1318 
1319     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1320     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1321       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1322     }else{
1323       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1324       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1325     }
1326     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1327       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1328     }
1329 
1330     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1331     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1332     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1333     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1334     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1335     */
1336     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1337       i64 sz;
1338       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1339       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1340         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1341       }
1342     }
1343   }
1344   return rc;
1345 }
1346 
1347 /*
1348 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1349 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1350 ** current location.
1351 **
1352 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1353 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1354 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1355 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1356 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1357 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1358 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1359 **
1360 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1361 */
1362 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1363   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1364   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1365   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1366   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1367   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1368 
1369   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1370 
1371   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1372     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1373   }
1374 
1375   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1376   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1377   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1378   */
1379   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1380     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1381       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1382     }
1383   }
1384 
1385   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1386 
1387   /*
1388   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1389   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1390   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1391   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1392   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1393   **
1394   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1395   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1396   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1397   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1398   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1399   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1400   **
1401   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1402   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1403   **
1404   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1405   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1406   */
1407   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1408   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1409    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1410   ){
1411     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1412     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1413   }else{
1414     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1415   }
1416 
1417   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1418   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1419   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1420   /* The initial database size */
1421   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1422   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1423   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1424 
1425   /* The page size */
1426   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1427 
1428   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1429   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1430   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1431   ** take the performance hit.
1432   */
1433   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1434          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1435 
1436   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1437   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1438   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1439   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1440   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1441   **
1442   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1443   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1444   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1445   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1446   ** is done.
1447   **
1448   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1449   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1450   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1451   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1452   */
1453   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1454     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1455     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1456     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1457     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1458   }
1459 
1460   return rc;
1461 }
1462 
1463 /*
1464 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1465 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1466 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1467 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1468 ** a description of the journal header format.
1469 **
1470 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1471 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1472 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1473 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1474 ** in this case.
1475 **
1476 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1477 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1478 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1479 */
1480 static int readJournalHdr(
1481   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1482   int isHot,
1483   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1484   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1485   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1486 ){
1487   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1488   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1489   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1490 
1491   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1492 
1493   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1494   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1495   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1496   */
1497   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1498   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1499     return SQLITE_DONE;
1500   }
1501   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1502 
1503   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1504   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1505   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1506   ** proceed.
1507   */
1508   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1509     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1510     if( rc ){
1511       return rc;
1512     }
1513     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1514       return SQLITE_DONE;
1515     }
1516   }
1517 
1518   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1519   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1520   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1521   */
1522   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1523    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1524    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1525   ){
1526     return rc;
1527   }
1528 
1529   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1530     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1531     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1532 
1533     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1534     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1535      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1536     ){
1537       return rc;
1538     }
1539 
1540     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1541     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1542     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1543     */
1544     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1545       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1546     }
1547 
1548     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1549     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1550     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1551     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1552     */
1553     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1554      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1555      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1556     ){
1557       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1558       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1559       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1560       ** the journal file here.
1561       */
1562       return SQLITE_DONE;
1563     }
1564 
1565     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1566     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1567     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1568     */
1569     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1570     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1571 
1572     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1573     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1574     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1575     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1576     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1577     */
1578     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1579   }
1580 
1581   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1582   return rc;
1583 }
1584 
1585 
1586 /*
1587 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1588 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1589 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1590 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1591 ** anything is written. The format is:
1592 **
1593 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1594 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1595 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1596 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1597 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1598 **
1599 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1600 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1601 **
1602 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1603 ** this call is a no-op.
1604 */
1605 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1606   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1607   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1608   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1609   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1610   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1611 
1612   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1613   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1614 
1615   if( !zMaster
1616    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1617    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
1618   ){
1619     return SQLITE_OK;
1620   }
1621   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1622   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1623   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1624 
1625   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1626   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1627     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1628   }
1629 
1630   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1631   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1632   ** the journal has already been synced.
1633   */
1634   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1635     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1636   }
1637   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1638 
1639   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1640   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1641   */
1642   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1643    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1644    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1645    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1646    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1647   ){
1648     return rc;
1649   }
1650   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1651 
1652   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1653   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1654   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1655   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1656   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1657   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1658   **
1659   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1660   ** file to the required size.
1661   */
1662   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1663    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1664   ){
1665     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1666   }
1667   return rc;
1668 }
1669 
1670 /*
1671 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
1672 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
1673 ** already in memory.
1674 */
1675 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1676   PgHdr *p;                         /* Return value */
1677 
1678   /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
1679   ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
1680   */
1681   (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
1682   return p;
1683 }
1684 
1685 /*
1686 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1687 */
1688 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1689   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1690   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1691 }
1692 
1693 /*
1694 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1695 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1696 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1697 */
1698 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1699   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1700   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1701     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1702   }
1703   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1704     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1705   }
1706   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1707   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1708   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1709   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1710 }
1711 
1712 /*
1713 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1714 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1715 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1716 */
1717 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1718   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1719   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1720 
1721   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1722     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1723     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1724       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1725       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1726       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1727     }
1728   }
1729   return rc;
1730 }
1731 
1732 /*
1733 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1734 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1735 ** state.
1736 **
1737 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1738 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1739 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1740 ** closed (if it is open).
1741 **
1742 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1743 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1744 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1745 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1746 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1747 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1748 */
1749 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1750 
1751   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1752        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1753        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1754   );
1755 
1756   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1757   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1758   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1759 
1760   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1761     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1762     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1763     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1764   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1765     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1766     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1767 
1768     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1769     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1770     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1771     ** out from under us.
1772     */
1773     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1774     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1775     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1776     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1777     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1778     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1779     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1780      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1781     ){
1782       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1783     }
1784 
1785     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1786     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1787     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1788     ** is necessary.
1789     */
1790     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1791     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1792       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1793     }
1794 
1795     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1796     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1797     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1798     */
1799     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1800     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1801     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1802   }
1803 
1804   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1805   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1806   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1807   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1808   */
1809   if( pPager->errCode ){
1810     assert( !MEMDB );
1811     pager_reset(pPager);
1812     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1813     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1814     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1815   }
1816 
1817   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1818   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1819   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1820 }
1821 
1822 /*
1823 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1824 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1825 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1826 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1827 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1828 **
1829 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1830 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1831 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1832 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1833 **
1834 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1835 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1836 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1837 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1838 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1839 ** it were a hot-journal).
1840 */
1841 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1842   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1843   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1844   assert(
1845        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1846        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1847        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1848   );
1849   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1850     pPager->errCode = rc;
1851     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1852   }
1853   return rc;
1854 }
1855 
1856 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1857 
1858 /*
1859 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1860 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1861 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1862 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1863 ** database transaction.
1864 **
1865 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1866 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1867 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1868 **
1869 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1870 **
1871 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1872 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1873 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1874 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1875 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1876 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1877 **
1878 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1879 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1880 **     in-memory journal.
1881 **
1882 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1883 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1884 **
1885 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1886 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1887 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1888 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1889 **
1890 **   journalMode==DELETE
1891 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1892 **
1893 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1894 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1895 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1896 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1897 **
1898 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1899 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1900 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1901 **
1902 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1903 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1904 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1905 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1906 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1907 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1908 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1909 ** returned.
1910 */
1911 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1912   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1913   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1914 
1915   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1916   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1917   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1918   ** held under two circumstances:
1919   **
1920   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1921   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1922   **
1923   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1924   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1925   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1926   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1927   */
1928   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1929   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1930   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1931     return SQLITE_OK;
1932   }
1933 
1934   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1935   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1936   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1937     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1938 
1939     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1940     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1941       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1942       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1943     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1944       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1945         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1946       }else{
1947         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1948       }
1949       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1950     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1951       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1952     ){
1953       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1954       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1955     }else{
1956       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1957       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1958       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1959       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1960       */
1961       int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1962       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1963            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1964            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1965       );
1966       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1967       if( bDelete ){
1968         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
1969       }
1970     }
1971   }
1972 
1973 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1974   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
1975   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
1976     PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
1977     if( p ){
1978       p->pageHash = 0;
1979       sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
1980     }
1981   }
1982 #endif
1983 
1984   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1985   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1986   pPager->nRec = 0;
1987   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
1988   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
1989 
1990   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1991     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
1992     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
1993     ** lock held on the database file.
1994     */
1995     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1996     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
1997   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
1998     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
1999     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2000     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2001     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2002     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2003     ** required size.  */
2004     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2005     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2006   }
2007 
2008   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2009    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2010   ){
2011     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2012     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2013   }
2014   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2015   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2016 
2017   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2018 }
2019 
2020 /*
2021 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2022 ** database file.
2023 **
2024 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2025 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2026 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2027 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2028 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2029 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2030 ** will roll it back.
2031 **
2032 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2033 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2034 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2035 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2036 */
2037 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2038   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2039     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2040     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2041       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2042       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2043       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2044     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2045       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2046       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2047     }
2048   }
2049   pager_unlock(pPager);
2050 }
2051 
2052 /*
2053 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2054 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2055 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2056 **
2057 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2058 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2059 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2060 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2061 **
2062 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2063 ** incompatible journal file format.
2064 **
2065 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2066 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2067 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2068 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2069 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2070 */
2071 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2072   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2073   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2074   while( i>0 ){
2075     cksum += aData[i];
2076     i -= 200;
2077   }
2078   return cksum;
2079 }
2080 
2081 /*
2082 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2083 ** to the codec.
2084 */
2085 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2086 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2087   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2088     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2089                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2090   }
2091 }
2092 #else
2093 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2094 #endif
2095 
2096 /*
2097 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2098 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2099 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2100 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2101 **
2102 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2103 ** not.
2104 **
2105 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2106 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2107 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2108 **
2109 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2110 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2111 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2112 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2113 ** prior to returning.
2114 **
2115 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2116 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2117 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2118 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2119 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2120 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2121 ** two circumstances:
2122 **
2123 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2124 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2125 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2126 **
2127 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2128 **
2129 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2130 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2131 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2132 */
2133 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2134   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2135   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2136   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2137   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2138   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2139 ){
2140   int rc;
2141   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2142   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2143   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2144   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2145   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2146   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2147 
2148   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2149   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2150   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2151   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2152 
2153   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2154   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2155   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2156 
2157   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2158   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2159   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2160   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2161   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2162   */
2163   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2164        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2165   );
2166   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2167 
2168   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2169   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2170   */
2171   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2172   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2173   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2174   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2175   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2176   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2177 
2178   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2179   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2180   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2181   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2182   */
2183   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2184     assert( !isSavepnt );
2185     return SQLITE_DONE;
2186   }
2187   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2188     return SQLITE_OK;
2189   }
2190   if( isMainJrnl ){
2191     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2192     if( rc ) return rc;
2193     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2194       return SQLITE_DONE;
2195     }
2196   }
2197 
2198   /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
2199   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2200   */
2201   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2202     return rc;
2203   }
2204 
2205   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2206   */
2207   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2208     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2209     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2210   }
2211 
2212   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2213   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2214   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2215   **
2216   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2217   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2218   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2219   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2220   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2221   ** assert()able.
2222   **
2223   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2224   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2225   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2226   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2227   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2228   **
2229   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2230   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2231   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2232   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2233   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2234   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2235   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2236   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2237   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2238   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2239   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2240   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2241   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2242   **
2243   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2244   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2245   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2246   */
2247   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2248     pPg = 0;
2249   }else{
2250     pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
2251   }
2252   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2253   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2254   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2255            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2256            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2257   ));
2258   if( isMainJrnl ){
2259     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2260   }else{
2261     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2262   }
2263   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2264    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2265    && isSynced
2266   ){
2267     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2268     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2269     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2270     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2271     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2272       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2273     }
2274     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2275       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2276       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2277       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2278     }
2279   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2280     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2281     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2282     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2283     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2284     ** current.
2285     **
2286     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2287     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2288     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2289     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2290     **
2291     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2292     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2293     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2294     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2295     */
2296     assert( isSavepnt );
2297     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
2298     pPager->doNotSpill++;
2299     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2300     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
2301     pPager->doNotSpill--;
2302     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2303     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2304     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2305   }
2306   if( pPg ){
2307     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2308     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2309     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2310     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2311     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2312     */
2313     void *pData;
2314     pData = pPg->pData;
2315     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2316     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2317     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2318       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2319       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2320       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2321       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2322       ** database.
2323       **
2324       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2325       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2326       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2327       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2328       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2329       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2330       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2331       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2332       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2333       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2334       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2335       ** database corruption may ensue.
2336       */
2337       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2338       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2339     }
2340     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2341 
2342     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2343     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2344     if( pgno==1 ){
2345       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2346     }
2347 
2348     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2349     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2350     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2351   }
2352   return rc;
2353 }
2354 
2355 /*
2356 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2357 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2358 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2359 ** and does so if it is.
2360 **
2361 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2362 ** available for use within this function.
2363 **
2364 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2365 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2366 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2367 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2368 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2369 **
2370 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2371 **
2372 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2373 ** journals have been rolled back.
2374 **
2375 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2376 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2377 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2378 **
2379 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2380 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2381 **     file zMaster
2382 **
2383 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2384 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2385 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2386 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2387 **
2388 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2389 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2390 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2391 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2392 **
2393 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2394 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2395 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2396 ** size.
2397 */
2398 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2399   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2400   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2401   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2402   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2403   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2404   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2405   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2406   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2407   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2408 
2409   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2410   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2411   */
2412   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2413   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2414   if( !pMaster ){
2415     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2416   }else{
2417     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2418     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2419   }
2420   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2421 
2422   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2423   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2424   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2425   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2426   */
2427   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2428   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2429   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2430   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2431   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2432     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2433     goto delmaster_out;
2434   }
2435   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2436   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2437   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2438   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2439 
2440   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2441   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2442     int exists;
2443     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2444     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2445       goto delmaster_out;
2446     }
2447     if( exists ){
2448       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2449       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2450       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2451       */
2452       int c;
2453       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2454       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2455       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2456         goto delmaster_out;
2457       }
2458 
2459       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2460       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2461       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2462         goto delmaster_out;
2463       }
2464 
2465       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2466       if( c ){
2467         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2468         goto delmaster_out;
2469       }
2470     }
2471     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2472   }
2473 
2474   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2475   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2476 
2477 delmaster_out:
2478   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2479   if( pMaster ){
2480     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2481     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2482     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2483   }
2484   return rc;
2485 }
2486 
2487 
2488 /*
2489 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2490 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2491 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2492 **
2493 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2494 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2495 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2496 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2497 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2498 **
2499 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2500 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2501 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2502 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2503 ** the end of the new file instead.
2504 **
2505 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2506 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2507 */
2508 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2509   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2510   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2511   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2512 
2513   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2514    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2515   ){
2516     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2517     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2518     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2519     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2520     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2521     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2522     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2523       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2524         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2525       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2526         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2527         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2528         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2529         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2530         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2531       }
2532       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2533         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2534       }
2535     }
2536   }
2537   return rc;
2538 }
2539 
2540 /*
2541 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2542 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2543 */
2544 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2545   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2546   if( iRet<32 ){
2547     iRet = 512;
2548   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2549     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2550     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2551   }
2552   return iRet;
2553 }
2554 
2555 /*
2556 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2557 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2558 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
2559 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2560 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2561 **
2562 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2563 **
2564 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2565 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2566 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2567 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2568 **
2569 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2570 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2571 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2572 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2573 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2574 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2575 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2576 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2577 */
2578 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2579   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2580 
2581   if( pPager->tempFile
2582    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2583               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2584   ){
2585     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2586     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2587     ** call will segfault. */
2588     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2589   }else{
2590     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2591   }
2592 }
2593 
2594 /*
2595 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2596 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2597 **
2598 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2599 **
2600 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2601 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2602 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2603 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2604 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2605 **       sanity checksum.
2606 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2607 **       database to during a rollback.
2608 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2609 **       is this many bytes in size.
2610 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2611 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2612 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2613 **        +  4 byte page number.
2614 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2615 **        +  4 byte checksum
2616 **
2617 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2618 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2619 **
2620 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2621 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2622 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2623 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2624 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2625 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2626 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2627 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2628 **
2629 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2630 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2631 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2632 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2633 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2634 **
2635 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2636 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2637 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2638 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2639 ** been encountered.
2640 **
2641 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2642 ** and an error code is returned.
2643 **
2644 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2645 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2646 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2647 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2648 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2649 ** needed.
2650 */
2651 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2652   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2653   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2654   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2655   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2656   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2657   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2658   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2659   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2660   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2661   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2662 
2663   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2664   ** the journal is empty.
2665   */
2666   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2667   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2668   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2669     goto end_playback;
2670   }
2671 
2672   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2673   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2674   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2675   ** played back.
2676   **
2677   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2678   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2679   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2680   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2681   ** for pageSize.
2682   */
2683   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2684   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2685   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2686     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2687   }
2688   zMaster = 0;
2689   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2690     goto end_playback;
2691   }
2692   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2693   needPagerReset = isHot;
2694 
2695   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2696   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2697   ** occurs.
2698   */
2699   while( 1 ){
2700     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2701     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2702     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2703     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2704     */
2705     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2706     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2707       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2708         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2709       }
2710       goto end_playback;
2711     }
2712 
2713     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2714     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2715     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2716     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2717     */
2718     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2719       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2720       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2721     }
2722 
2723     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2724     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2725     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2726     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2727     ** size of the file.
2728     **
2729     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2730     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2731     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2732     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2733     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2734     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2735     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2736     */
2737     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2738         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2739       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2740     }
2741 
2742     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2743     ** database file back to its original size.
2744     */
2745     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2746       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2747       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2748         goto end_playback;
2749       }
2750       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2751     }
2752 
2753     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2754     ** database file and/or page cache.
2755     */
2756     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2757       if( needPagerReset ){
2758         pager_reset(pPager);
2759         needPagerReset = 0;
2760       }
2761       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2762       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2763         nPlayback++;
2764       }else{
2765         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2766           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2767           break;
2768         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2769           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2770           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2771           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2772           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2773           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2774           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2775           goto end_playback;
2776         }else{
2777           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2778           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2779           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2780           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2781           */
2782           goto end_playback;
2783         }
2784       }
2785     }
2786   }
2787   /*NOTREACHED*/
2788   assert( 0 );
2789 
2790 end_playback:
2791   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2792   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2793   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2794   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2795   */
2796 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2797   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2798     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2799   }
2800 #endif
2801 
2802   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2803   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2804   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2805   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2806   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2807   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2808   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2809   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2810   */
2811   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2812 
2813   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2814     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2815     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2816     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2817   }
2818   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2819    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2820   ){
2821     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
2822   }
2823   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2824     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2825     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2826   }
2827   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2828     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2829     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2830     */
2831     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2832     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2833   }
2834   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2835     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2836                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2837   }
2838 
2839   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2840   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2841   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2842   */
2843   setSectorSize(pPager);
2844   return rc;
2845 }
2846 
2847 
2848 /*
2849 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2850 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2851 ** file before this function is called.
2852 **
2853 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2854 ** the value read from the database file.
2855 **
2856 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2857 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2858 */
2859 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2860   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2861   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2862   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2863   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2864 
2865   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2866   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2867 
2868   if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
2869     assert( pPager->tempFile );
2870     memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
2871     return SQLITE_OK;
2872   }
2873 
2874 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2875   if( iFrame ){
2876     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2877     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2878   }else
2879 #endif
2880   {
2881     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2882     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2883     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2884       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2885     }
2886   }
2887 
2888   if( pgno==1 ){
2889     if( rc ){
2890       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2891       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2892       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2893       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2894       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2895       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2896       **
2897       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2898       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2899       ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2900       ** we should still be ok.
2901       */
2902       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2903     }else{
2904       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2905       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2906     }
2907   }
2908   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2909 
2910   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2911   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2912   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2913   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2914                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2915 
2916   return rc;
2917 }
2918 
2919 /*
2920 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2921 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2922 **
2923 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2924 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2925 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2926 */
2927 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2928   u32 change_counter;
2929 
2930   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2931   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2932   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2933 
2934   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2935   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2936   ** is valid. */
2937   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2938   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2939 }
2940 
2941 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2942 /*
2943 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2944 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2945 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2946 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2947 **
2948 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2949 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2950 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2951 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2952 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2953 */
2954 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
2955   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2956   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
2957   PgHdr *pPg;
2958 
2959   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2960   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
2961   if( pPg ){
2962     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
2963       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
2964     }else{
2965       u32 iFrame = 0;
2966       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2967       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2968         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
2969       }
2970       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2971         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2972       }
2973       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
2974     }
2975   }
2976 
2977   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
2978   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
2979   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
2980   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
2981   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
2982   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
2983   ** the backups must be restarted.
2984   */
2985   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
2986 
2987   return rc;
2988 }
2989 
2990 /*
2991 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
2992 */
2993 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
2994   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
2995   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
2996 
2997   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
2998   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
2999   ** following:
3000   **
3001   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3002   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3003   */
3004   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3005   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3006   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3007   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3008     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3009     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3010     pList = pNext;
3011   }
3012 
3013   return rc;
3014 }
3015 
3016 /*
3017 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3018 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3019 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3020 ** changed.
3021 **
3022 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3023 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3024 */
3025 static int pagerWalFrames(
3026   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3027   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3028   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3029   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3030 ){
3031   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3032   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3033 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
3034   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3035 #endif
3036 
3037   assert( pPager->pWal );
3038   assert( pList );
3039 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3040   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3041   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3042     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3043   }
3044 #endif
3045 
3046   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3047   if( isCommit ){
3048     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3049     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3050     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3051     ** list here. */
3052     PgHdr *p;
3053     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3054     nList = 0;
3055     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3056       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3057         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3058         nList++;
3059       }
3060     }
3061     assert( pList );
3062   }else{
3063     nList = 1;
3064   }
3065   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3066 
3067   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3068   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3069       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3070   );
3071   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3072     PgHdr *p;
3073     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3074       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3075     }
3076   }
3077 
3078 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3079   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3080   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3081     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3082   }
3083 #endif
3084 
3085   return rc;
3086 }
3087 
3088 /*
3089 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3090 **
3091 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3092 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3093 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3094 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3095 */
3096 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3097   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3098   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3099 
3100   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3101   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3102 
3103   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3104   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3105   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3106   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3107   */
3108   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3109 
3110   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3111   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3112     pager_reset(pPager);
3113     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3114   }
3115 
3116   return rc;
3117 }
3118 #endif
3119 
3120 /*
3121 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3122 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3123 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3124 **
3125 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3126 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3127 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3128 */
3129 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3130   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3131 
3132   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3133   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3134   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3135   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3136   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3137   */
3138   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3139   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3140   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3141 
3142   /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
3143   ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
3144   ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
3145   ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
3146   ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
3147   */
3148   if( nPage==0 ){
3149     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3150     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3151     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3152       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3153       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3154         return rc;
3155       }
3156     }
3157     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3158   }
3159 
3160   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3161   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3162   ** that the file can be read.
3163   */
3164   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3165     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3166   }
3167 
3168   *pnPage = nPage;
3169   return SQLITE_OK;
3170 }
3171 
3172 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3173 /*
3174 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3175 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3176 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3177 **
3178 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3179 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3180 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3181 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3182 **
3183 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3184 **
3185 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3186 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3187 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3188 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3189 ** other connection.
3190 */
3191 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3192   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3193   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3194   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3195 
3196   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3197     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3198     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3199 
3200     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3201     if( rc ) return rc;
3202     if( nPage==0 ){
3203       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3204       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3205       isWal = 0;
3206     }else{
3207       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3208           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3209       );
3210     }
3211     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3212       if( isWal ){
3213         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3214         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3215       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3216         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3217       }
3218     }
3219   }
3220   return rc;
3221 }
3222 #endif
3223 
3224 /*
3225 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3226 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3227 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3228 ** savepoint.
3229 **
3230 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3231 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3232 ** performed in the order specified:
3233 **
3234 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3235 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3236 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3237 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3238 **
3239 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3240 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3241 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3242 **
3243 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3244 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3245 **     the journal file.
3246 **
3247 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3248 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3249 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3250 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3251 **
3252 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3253 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3254 **
3255 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3256 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3257 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3258 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3259 */
3260 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3261   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3262   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3263   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3264   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3265 
3266   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3267   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3268 
3269   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3270   if( pSavepoint ){
3271     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3272     if( !pDone ){
3273       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3274     }
3275   }
3276 
3277   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3278   ** being reverted was opened.
3279   */
3280   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3281   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3282 
3283   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3284     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3285   }
3286 
3287   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3288   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3289   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3290   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3291   */
3292   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3293   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3294 
3295   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3296   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3297   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3298   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3299   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3300   ** are played back.
3301   */
3302   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3303     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3304     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3305     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3306       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3307     }
3308     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3309   }else{
3310     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3311   }
3312 
3313   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3314   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3315   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3316   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3317   */
3318   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3319     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3320     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3321     u32 dummy;
3322     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3323     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3324 
3325     /*
3326     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3327     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3328     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3329     */
3330     if( nJRec==0
3331      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3332     ){
3333       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3334     }
3335     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3336       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3337     }
3338     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3339   }
3340   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3341 
3342   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3343   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3344   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3345   */
3346   if( pSavepoint ){
3347     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3348     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3349 
3350     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3351       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3352     }
3353     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3354       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3355       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3356     }
3357     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3358   }
3359 
3360   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3361   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3362     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3363   }
3364 
3365   return rc;
3366 }
3367 
3368 /*
3369 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
3370 */
3371 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3372   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3373 }
3374 
3375 /*
3376 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3377 */
3378 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3379 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3380   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3381   if( isOpen(fd) ){
3382     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3383     pPager->bUseFetch = (fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3) && pPager->szMmap>0;
3384     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3385     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3386   }
3387 #endif
3388 }
3389 
3390 /*
3391 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3392 */
3393 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3394   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3395   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3396 }
3397 
3398 /*
3399 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3400 */
3401 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3402   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3403 }
3404 
3405 /*
3406 ** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
3407 ** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
3408 ** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
3409 **
3410 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3411 **              for temporary and transient files.
3412 **
3413 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3414 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3415 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3416 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3417 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3418 **              when it is rolled back.
3419 **
3420 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3421 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3422 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3423 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3424 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3425 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3426 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3427 **
3428 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3429 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3430 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3431 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3432 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3433 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3434 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3435 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3436 **
3437 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3438 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3439 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3440 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3441 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3442 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3443 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3444 **
3445 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3446 ** and FULL=3.
3447 */
3448 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3449 void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
3450   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3451   int level,            /* PRAGMA synchronous.  1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
3452   int bFullFsync,       /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
3453   int bCkptFullFsync    /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
3454 ){
3455   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3456   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3457   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3458   if( pPager->noSync ){
3459     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3460     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3461   }else if( bFullFsync ){
3462     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3463     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3464   }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
3465     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3466     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3467   }else{
3468     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3469     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3470   }
3471   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3472   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3473     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3474   }
3475 }
3476 #endif
3477 
3478 /*
3479 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3480 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3481 ** testing and analysis only.
3482 */
3483 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3484 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3485 #endif
3486 
3487 /*
3488 ** Open a temporary file.
3489 **
3490 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3491 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3492 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3493 **
3494 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3495 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3496 **
3497 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3498 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3499 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3500 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3501 */
3502 static int pagerOpentemp(
3503   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3504   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3505   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3506 ){
3507   int rc;               /* Return code */
3508 
3509 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3510   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3511 #endif
3512 
3513   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3514             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3515   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3516   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3517   return rc;
3518 }
3519 
3520 /*
3521 ** Set the busy handler function.
3522 **
3523 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3524 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3525 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3526 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3527 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3528 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3529 **
3530 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3531 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3532 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3533 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3534 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3535 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3536 **
3537 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3538 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3539 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3540 */
3541 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3542   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3543   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3544   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3545 ){
3546   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3547   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3548 
3549   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3550     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3551     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3552     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3553     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3554   }
3555 }
3556 
3557 /*
3558 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3559 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3560 **
3561 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3562 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3563 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3564 **
3565 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3566 **
3567 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3568 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3569 **
3570 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3571 **
3572 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3573 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3574 **
3575 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3576 **
3577 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3578 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3579 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3580 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3581 **
3582 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3583 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3584 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3585 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3586 */
3587 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3588   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3589 
3590   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3591   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3592   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3593   **
3594   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3595   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3596   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3597   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3598   */
3599 
3600   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3601   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3602   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3603    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3604    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3605   ){
3606     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3607     i64 nByte = 0;
3608 
3609     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3610       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3611     }
3612     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3613       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3614       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3615     }
3616 
3617     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3618       pager_reset(pPager);
3619       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3620       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3621       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3622       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3623       sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3624     }
3625   }
3626 
3627   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3628   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3629     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3630     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3631     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3632     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3633     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3634   }
3635   return rc;
3636 }
3637 
3638 /*
3639 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3640 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3641 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3642 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3643 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3644 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3645 */
3646 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3647   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3648 }
3649 
3650 /*
3651 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3652 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3653 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3654 **
3655 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3656 */
3657 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3658   if( mxPage>0 ){
3659     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3660   }
3661   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3662   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3663   return pPager->mxPgno;
3664 }
3665 
3666 /*
3667 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3668 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3669 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3670 **
3671 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3672 ** and generate no code.
3673 */
3674 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3675 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3676 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3677 static int saved_cnt;
3678 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3679   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3680   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3681 }
3682 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3683   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3684 }
3685 #else
3686 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3687 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3688 #endif
3689 
3690 /*
3691 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3692 ** that pDest points to.
3693 **
3694 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3695 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3696 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3697 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3698 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3699 **
3700 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3701 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3702 ** output buffer undefined.
3703 */
3704 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3705   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3706   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3707   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3708 
3709   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3710   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3711   ** to WAL mode yet.
3712   */
3713   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3714 
3715   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3716     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3717     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3718     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3719       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3720     }
3721   }
3722   return rc;
3723 }
3724 
3725 /*
3726 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3727 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3728 **
3729 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3730 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3731 */
3732 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3733   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3734   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3735   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3736 }
3737 
3738 
3739 /*
3740 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3741 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3742 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3743 **
3744 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3745 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3746 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3747 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3748 **
3749 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3750 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3751 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3752 */
3753 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3754   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3755 
3756   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3757   ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
3758   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3759   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3760   */
3761   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3762        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3763        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3764   );
3765 
3766   do {
3767     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3768   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3769   return rc;
3770 }
3771 
3772 /*
3773 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3774 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3775 **
3776 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3777 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3778 **
3779 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3780 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3781 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3782 **
3783 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3784 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3785 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3786 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3787 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3788 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3789 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3790 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3791 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3792 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3793 */
3794 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3795 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3796   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3797   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3798 }
3799 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3800   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3801 }
3802 #else
3803 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3804 #endif
3805 
3806 /*
3807 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3808 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3809 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3810 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3811 **
3812 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3813 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3814 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3815 ** then continue writing to the database.
3816 */
3817 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3818   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3819   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3820   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3821 
3822   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3823   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3824   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3825   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3826   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3827   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3828   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3829   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3830   ** is no longer correct. */
3831 }
3832 
3833 
3834 /*
3835 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3836 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3837 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3838 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3839 **
3840 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3841 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3842 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3843 ** content as this process.
3844 **
3845 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3846 ** an SQLite error code.
3847 */
3848 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3849   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3850   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3851     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3852   }
3853   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3854     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3855   }
3856   return rc;
3857 }
3858 
3859 /*
3860 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3861 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3862 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3863 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3864 ** *ppPage to zero.
3865 **
3866 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3867 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3868 */
3869 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3870   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3871   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3872   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3873   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3874 ){
3875   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3876 
3877   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3878     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3879     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3880     p->pDirty = 0;
3881     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3882   }else{
3883     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3884     if( p==0 ){
3885       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3886       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3887     }
3888     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3889     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3890     p->nRef = 1;
3891     p->pPager = pPager;
3892   }
3893 
3894   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3895   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3896   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3897   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3898   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3899 
3900   p->pgno = pgno;
3901   p->pData = pData;
3902   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3903 
3904   return SQLITE_OK;
3905 }
3906 
3907 /*
3908 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3909 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3910 */
3911 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3912   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3913   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3914   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3915   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3916 
3917   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3918   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3919 }
3920 
3921 /*
3922 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3923 */
3924 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3925   PgHdr *p;
3926   PgHdr *pNext;
3927   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3928     pNext = p->pDirty;
3929     sqlite3_free(p);
3930   }
3931 }
3932 
3933 
3934 /*
3935 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
3936 **
3937 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3938 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
3939 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
3940 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
3941 ** result in a coredump.
3942 **
3943 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
3944 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
3945 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
3946 ** to the caller.
3947 */
3948 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
3949   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
3950 
3951   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3952   disable_simulated_io_errors();
3953   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
3954   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
3955   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
3956   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
3957 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3958   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
3959   pPager->pWal = 0;
3960 #endif
3961   pager_reset(pPager);
3962   if( MEMDB ){
3963     pager_unlock(pPager);
3964   }else{
3965     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
3966     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
3967     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
3968     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
3969     **
3970     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
3971     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
3972     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
3973     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
3974     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
3975     */
3976     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
3977       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
3978     }
3979     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
3980   }
3981   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
3982   enable_simulated_io_errors();
3983   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
3984   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
3985   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
3986   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
3987   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
3988   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
3989 
3990 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
3991   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
3992 #endif
3993 
3994   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
3995   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
3996 
3997   sqlite3_free(pPager);
3998   return SQLITE_OK;
3999 }
4000 
4001 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4002 /*
4003 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4004 */
4005 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4006   return pPg->pgno;
4007 }
4008 #endif
4009 
4010 /*
4011 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4012 */
4013 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4014   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4015 }
4016 
4017 /*
4018 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4019 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4020 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4021 **
4022 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4023 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4024 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4025 **
4026 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4027 **     be taken.
4028 **
4029 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4030 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4031 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4032 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4033 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4034 **
4035 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4036 **     journal file is synced.
4037 **
4038 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4039 **
4040 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4041 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4042 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4043 **       <update nRec field>
4044 **     }
4045 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4046 **   }
4047 **
4048 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4049 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4050 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4051 */
4052 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4053   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4054 
4055   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4056        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4057   );
4058   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4059   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4060 
4061   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4062   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4063 
4064   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4065     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4066     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4067       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4068       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4069 
4070       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4071         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4072         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4073         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4074         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4075         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4076         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4077         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4078         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4079         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4080         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4081         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4082         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4083         **
4084         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4085         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4086         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4087         **
4088         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4089         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4090         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4091         ** the potential journal header.
4092         */
4093         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4094         u8 aMagic[8];
4095         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4096 
4097         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4098         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4099 
4100         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4101         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4102         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4103           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4104           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4105         }
4106         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4107           return rc;
4108         }
4109 
4110         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4111         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4112         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4113         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4114         **
4115         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4116         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4117         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4118         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4119         ** and never needs to be updated.
4120         */
4121         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4122           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4123           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4124           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4125           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4126         }
4127         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4128         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4129             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4130         );
4131         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4132       }
4133       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4134         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4135         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4136         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4137           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4138         );
4139         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4140       }
4141 
4142       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4143       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4144         pPager->nRec = 0;
4145         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4146         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4147       }
4148     }else{
4149       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4150     }
4151   }
4152 
4153   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4154   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4155   ** all pages.
4156   */
4157   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4158   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4159   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4160   return SQLITE_OK;
4161 }
4162 
4163 /*
4164 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4165 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4166 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4167 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4168 ** a no-op.
4169 **
4170 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4171 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4172 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4173 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4174 **
4175 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4176 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4177 ** written out.
4178 **
4179 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4180 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4181 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4182 **
4183 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4184 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4185 **
4186 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4187 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4188 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4189 ** the database file.
4190 **
4191 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4192 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4193 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4194 */
4195 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4196   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4197 
4198   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4199   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4200   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4201   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4202 
4203   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4204   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4205   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4206   */
4207   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4208     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4209     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4210   }
4211 
4212   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4213   ** file size will be.
4214   */
4215   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4216   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4217    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4218    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4219   ){
4220     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4221     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4222     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4223   }
4224 
4225   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4226     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4227 
4228     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4229     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4230     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4231     ** any such pages to the file.
4232     **
4233     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4234     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4235     */
4236     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4237       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4238       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4239 
4240       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4241       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4242 
4243       /* Encode the database */
4244       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4245 
4246       /* Write out the page data. */
4247       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4248 
4249       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4250       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4251       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4252       */
4253       if( pgno==1 ){
4254         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4255       }
4256       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4257         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4258       }
4259       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4260 
4261       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4262       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4263 
4264       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4265                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4266       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4267       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4268     }else{
4269       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4270     }
4271     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4272     pList = pList->pDirty;
4273   }
4274 
4275   return rc;
4276 }
4277 
4278 /*
4279 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4280 ** function is a no-op.
4281 **
4282 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4284 ** fails.
4285 */
4286 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4287   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4288   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4289     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4290       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4291     }else{
4292       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4293     }
4294   }
4295   return rc;
4296 }
4297 
4298 /*
4299 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4300 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
4301 ** that it is really required before calling this function.
4302 **
4303 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4304 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4305 **
4306 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4307 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4308 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4309 ** bitvec.
4310 */
4311 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4312   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4313   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4314   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4315 
4316     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4317     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4318     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4319     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4320     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4321          || pageInJournal(pPg)
4322          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4323     );
4324     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4325 
4326     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4327     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4328     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4329       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4330       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4331       char *pData2;
4332 
4333       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4334       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4335       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4336       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4337         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4338       }
4339     }
4340   }
4341   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4342     pPager->nSubRec++;
4343     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4344     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4345   }
4346   return rc;
4347 }
4348 
4349 /*
4350 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4351 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4352 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4353 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4354 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4355 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4356 ** argument.
4357 **
4358 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4359 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4360 ** journal file.
4361 **
4362 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4363 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4364 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4365 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4366 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4367 */
4368 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4369   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4370   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4371 
4372   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4373   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4374 
4375   /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
4376   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4377   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4378   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4379   **
4380   ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
4381   ** or not a sync is required.  This is set during a rollback.
4382   **
4383   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4384   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it
4385   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
4386   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4387   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4388   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4389   */
4390   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4391   if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
4392   if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
4393     return SQLITE_OK;
4394   }
4395 
4396   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4397   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4398     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4399     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4400       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4401     }
4402     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4403       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4404     }
4405   }else{
4406 
4407     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4408     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4409      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4410     ){
4411       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4412     }
4413 
4414     /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
4415     ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
4416     ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
4417     ** actually write data to the file in this case.
4418     **
4419     ** Consider the following sequence of events:
4420     **
4421     **   BEGIN;
4422     **     <journal page X>
4423     **     <modify page X>
4424     **     SAVEPOINT sp;
4425     **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
4426     **       pagerStress(page X)
4427     **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
4428     **
4429     ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
4430     ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
4431     ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
4432     ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
4433     ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
4434     ** was executed.
4435     **
4436     ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
4437     ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
4438     ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
4439     ** executed.
4440     */
4441     if( NEVER(
4442         rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
4443     ) ){
4444       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4445     }
4446 
4447     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4448     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4449       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4450       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4451     }
4452   }
4453 
4454   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4455   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4456     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4457     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4458   }
4459 
4460   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4461 }
4462 
4463 
4464 /*
4465 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4466 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4467 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4468 **
4469 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4470 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4471 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4472 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4473 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4474 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4475 **
4476 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4477 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4478 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4479 **
4480 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4481 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4482 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4483 **
4484 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4485 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4486 **
4487 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4488 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4489 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4490 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4491 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4492 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4493 */
4494 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4495   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4496   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4497   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4498   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4499   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4500   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4501   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4502 ){
4503   u8 *pPtr;
4504   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4505   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4506   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4507   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4508   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4509   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4510   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4511   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4512   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4513   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4514   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4515   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4516   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4517 
4518   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4519   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4520   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4521   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4522   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4523   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4524   ** source file journal.c).
4525   */
4526   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4527     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4528   }else{
4529     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4530   }
4531 
4532   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4533   *ppPager = 0;
4534 
4535 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4536   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4537     memDb = 1;
4538     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4539       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4540       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4541       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4542       zFilename = 0;
4543     }
4544   }
4545 #endif
4546 
4547   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4548   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4549   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4550   */
4551   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4552     const char *z;
4553     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4554     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4555     if( zPathname==0 ){
4556       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4557     }
4558     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4559     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4560     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4561     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4562     while( *z ){
4563       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4564       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4565     }
4566     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4567     assert( nUri>=0 );
4568     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4569       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4570       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4571       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4572       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4573       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4574       */
4575       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4576     }
4577     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4578       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4579       return rc;
4580     }
4581   }
4582 
4583   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4584   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4585   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4586   **
4587   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4588   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4589   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4590   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4591   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4592   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4593   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4594   */
4595   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4596     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4597     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4598     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4599     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4600     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4601     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4602 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4603     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4604 #endif
4605   );
4606   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4607   if( !pPtr ){
4608     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4609     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4610   }
4611   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4612   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4613   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4614   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4615   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4616   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4617   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4618 
4619   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4620   if( zPathname ){
4621     assert( nPathname>0 );
4622     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4623     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4624     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4625     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4626     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4627     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4628 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4629     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4630     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4631     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4632     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4633 #endif
4634     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4635   }
4636   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4637   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4638 
4639   /* Open the pager file.
4640   */
4641   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4642     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4643     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4644     assert( !memDb );
4645     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4646 
4647     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4648     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4649     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4650     **
4651     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4652     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4653     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4654     */
4655     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
4656       setSectorSize(pPager);
4657       assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4658       if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4659         if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4660           szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4661         }else{
4662           szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4663         }
4664       }
4665 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4666       {
4667         int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4668         int ii;
4669         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4670         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4671         assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4672         for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4673           if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4674             szPageDflt = ii;
4675           }
4676         }
4677       }
4678 #endif
4679     }
4680   }else{
4681     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4682     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4683     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4684     **
4685     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4686     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4687     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4688     */
4689     tempFile = 1;
4690     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
4691     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
4692     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4693   }
4694 
4695   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4696   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4697   */
4698   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4699     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4700     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4701     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4702   }
4703 
4704   /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the
4705   ** Pager structure and close the file.
4706   */
4707   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4708     assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
4709     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4710     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4711     return rc;
4712   }
4713 
4714   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4715   assert( nExtra<1000 );
4716   nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4717   sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4718                     !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4719 
4720   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4721   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4722 
4723   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4724   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4725   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4726   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4727   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4728   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4729   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4730   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4731   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4732 #if 0
4733   assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
4734 #endif
4735   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4736   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4737   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4738           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4739   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4740   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4741   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4742   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4743   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4744   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4745   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4746   if( pPager->noSync ){
4747     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4748     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4749     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4750     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4751   }else{
4752     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4753     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4754     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4755     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4756   }
4757   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4758   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4759   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4760   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4761   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4762   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4763   setSectorSize(pPager);
4764   if( !useJournal ){
4765     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4766   }else if( memDb ){
4767     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4768   }
4769   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4770   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4771   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4772   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4773   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4774 
4775   *ppPager = pPager;
4776   return SQLITE_OK;
4777 }
4778 
4779 
4780 
4781 /*
4782 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4783 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4784 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4785 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4786 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4787 **
4788 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4789 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4790 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4791 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4792 **
4793 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4794 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4795 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4796 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4797 ** is returned.
4798 **
4799 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4800 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4801 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4802 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4803 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4804 ** will not roll it back.
4805 **
4806 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4807 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4808 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4809 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4810 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4811 */
4812 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4813   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4814   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4815   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4816   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4817 
4818   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4819   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4820   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4821 
4822   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4823     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4824   ));
4825 
4826   *pExists = 0;
4827   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4828     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4829   }
4830   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4831     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4832 
4833     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4834     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4835     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4836     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4837     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4838     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4839     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4840     */
4841     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4842     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4843       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4844 
4845       /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
4846       ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for
4847       ** the reasoning here.  Delete the obsolete journal file under
4848       ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
4849       ** [H33020].
4850       */
4851       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4852       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4853         if( nPage==0 ){
4854           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4855           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4856             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4857             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4858           }
4859           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4860         }else{
4861           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4862           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4863           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4864           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4865           ** it can be ignored.
4866           */
4867           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4868             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4869             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4870           }
4871           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4872             u8 first = 0;
4873             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4874             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4875               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4876             }
4877             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4878               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4879             }
4880             *pExists = (first!=0);
4881           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4882             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4883             ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4884             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4885             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4886             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4887             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4888             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4889             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4890             */
4891             *pExists = 1;
4892             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4893           }
4894         }
4895       }
4896     }
4897   }
4898 
4899   return rc;
4900 }
4901 
4902 /*
4903 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4904 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
4905 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4906 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4907 **
4908 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
4909 **
4910 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
4911 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
4912 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
4913 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
4914 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
4915 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
4916 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
4917 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
4918 **
4919 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
4920 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
4921 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
4922 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
4923 **      file.
4924 **
4925 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4926 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
4927 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
4928 */
4929 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
4930   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
4931 
4932   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
4933   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
4934   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
4935   ** exclusive access mode.
4936   */
4937   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
4938   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4939   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
4940   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
4941 
4942   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
4943     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
4944 
4945     assert( !MEMDB );
4946 
4947     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4948     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4949       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
4950       goto failed;
4951     }
4952 
4953     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
4954     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
4955     */
4956     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
4957       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
4958     }
4959     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4960       goto failed;
4961     }
4962     if( bHotJournal ){
4963       if( pPager->readOnly ){
4964         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
4965         goto failed;
4966       }
4967 
4968       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
4969       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
4970       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
4971       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
4972       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
4973       ** hot-journal back.
4974       **
4975       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
4976       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
4977       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
4978       ** on the database file.
4979       **
4980       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
4981       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
4982       */
4983       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
4984       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4985         goto failed;
4986       }
4987 
4988       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
4989       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
4990       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
4991       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
4992       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
4993       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
4994       **
4995       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
4996       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
4997       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
4998       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
4999       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5000       */
5001       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5002         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5003         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5004         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5005             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5006         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5007           int fout = 0;
5008           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5009           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5010           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5011           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5012           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5013             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5014             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5015           }
5016         }
5017       }
5018 
5019       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5020       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5021       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5022       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5023       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5024       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5025       ** the journal before playing it back.
5026       */
5027       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5028         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5029         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5030         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5031           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5032           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5033         }
5034       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5035         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5036       }
5037 
5038       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5039         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5040         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5041         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5042         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5043         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5044         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5045         **
5046         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5047         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5048         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5049         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5050         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5051         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5052         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5053         ** references.
5054         */
5055         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5056         goto failed;
5057       }
5058 
5059       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5060       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5061            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5062       );
5063     }
5064 
5065     if( !pPager->tempFile && (
5066         pPager->pBackup
5067      || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0
5068      || USEFETCH(pPager)
5069     )){
5070       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
5071       ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
5072       ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
5073       ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
5074       ** cache.
5075       **
5076       ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5077       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5078       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5079       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5080       ** a codec is in use.
5081       **
5082       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5083       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5084       ** it can be neglected.
5085       */
5086       Pgno nPage = 0;
5087       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5088 
5089       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5090       if( rc ) goto failed;
5091 
5092       if( nPage>0 ){
5093         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5094         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5095         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5096           goto failed;
5097         }
5098       }else{
5099         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5100       }
5101 
5102       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5103         pager_reset(pPager);
5104 
5105         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5106         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5107         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5108         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5109         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5110         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5111         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5112           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5113         }
5114       }
5115     }
5116 
5117     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5118     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5119     */
5120     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5121 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5122     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5123 #endif
5124   }
5125 
5126   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5127     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5128     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5129   }
5130 
5131   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5132     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5133   }
5134 
5135  failed:
5136   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5137     assert( !MEMDB );
5138     pager_unlock(pPager);
5139     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5140   }else{
5141     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5142   }
5143   return rc;
5144 }
5145 
5146 /*
5147 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5148 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5149 **
5150 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5151 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5152 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5153 */
5154 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5155   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5156     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5157   }
5158 }
5159 
5160 /*
5161 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5162 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5163 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5164 **
5165 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5166 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5167 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5168 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5169 ** object with no outstanding references.
5170 **
5171 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5172 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5173 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5174 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5175 **
5176 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5177 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5178 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5179 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5180 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5181 **
5182 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5183 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5184 **
5185 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5186 **
5187 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5188 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5189 **      from the savepoint journal.
5190 **
5191 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5192 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5193 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5194 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5195 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5196 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5197 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5198 **
5199 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5200 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5201 **
5202 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5203 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5204 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5205 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5206 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5207 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5208 ** or journal files.
5209 */
5210 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
5211   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5212   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5213   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5214   int flags           /* PAGER_ACQUIRE_XXX flags */
5215 ){
5216   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5217   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5218   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5219   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_ACQUIRE_NOCONTENT);
5220 
5221   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5222   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5223   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5224   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5225   const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5226    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_ACQUIRE_READONLY))
5227 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5228    && pPager->xCodec==0
5229 #endif
5230   );
5231 
5232   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5233   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5234   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5235 
5236   if( pgno==0 ){
5237     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5238   }
5239 
5240   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5241   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5242   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5243     rc = pPager->errCode;
5244   }else{
5245 
5246     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5247       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5248       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5249     }
5250 
5251     if( iFrame==0 && bMmapOk ){
5252       void *pData = 0;
5253 
5254       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5255           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5256       );
5257 
5258       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5259         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5260           (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
5261         }
5262         if( pPg==0 ){
5263           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5264         }else{
5265           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5266         }
5267         if( pPg ){
5268           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5269           *ppPage = pPg;
5270           return SQLITE_OK;
5271         }
5272       }
5273       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5274         goto pager_acquire_err;
5275       }
5276     }
5277 
5278     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
5279   }
5280 
5281   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5282     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5283     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5284     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5285     pPg = 0;
5286     goto pager_acquire_err;
5287   }
5288   assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
5289   assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
5290 
5291   if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
5292     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5293     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5294     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5295     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5296     return SQLITE_OK;
5297 
5298   }else{
5299     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5300     ** be initialized.  */
5301 
5302     pPg = *ppPage;
5303     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5304 
5305     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5306     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5307     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5308       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5309       goto pager_acquire_err;
5310     }
5311 
5312     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5313       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5314         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5315         goto pager_acquire_err;
5316       }
5317       if( noContent ){
5318         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5319         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5320         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5321         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5322         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5323         */
5324         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5325         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5326           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5327           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5328         }
5329         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5330         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5331         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5332       }
5333       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5334       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5335     }else{
5336       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5337         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5338         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5339       }
5340       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5341       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5342       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5343       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5344         goto pager_acquire_err;
5345       }
5346     }
5347     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5348   }
5349 
5350   return SQLITE_OK;
5351 
5352 pager_acquire_err:
5353   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5354   if( pPg ){
5355     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5356   }
5357   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5358 
5359   *ppPage = 0;
5360   return rc;
5361 }
5362 
5363 /*
5364 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5365 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5366 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5367 **
5368 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5369 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5370 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5371 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5372 ** has ever happened.
5373 */
5374 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5375   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5376   assert( pPager!=0 );
5377   assert( pgno!=0 );
5378   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5379   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5380   sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
5381   return pPg;
5382 }
5383 
5384 /*
5385 ** Release a page reference.
5386 **
5387 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5388 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5389 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5390 ** removed.
5391 */
5392 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5393   if( pPg ){
5394     Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5395     if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5396       pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5397     }else{
5398       sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5399     }
5400     pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5401   }
5402 }
5403 
5404 /*
5405 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5406 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5407 ** file when this routine is called.
5408 **
5409 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5410 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5411 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5412 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5413 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5414 **
5415 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5416 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5417 ** already open file.
5418 **
5419 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5420 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5421 **
5422 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5423 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5424 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5425 */
5426 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5427   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5428   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5429 
5430   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5431   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5432   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5433 
5434   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5435   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5436   ** an error state. */
5437   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5438 
5439   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5440     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5441     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5442       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5443     }
5444 
5445     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5446     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5447       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5448         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5449       }else{
5450         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5451           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5452           (pPager->tempFile ?
5453             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5454             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5455           );
5456   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5457         rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5458             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5459         );
5460   #else
5461         rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5462   #endif
5463       }
5464       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5465     }
5466 
5467 
5468     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5469     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5470     */
5471     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5472       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5473       pPager->nRec = 0;
5474       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5475       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5476       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5477       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5478     }
5479   }
5480 
5481   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5482     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5483     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5484   }else{
5485     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5486     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5487   }
5488 
5489   return rc;
5490 }
5491 
5492 /*
5493 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5494 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5495 **
5496 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5497 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5498 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5499 ** functions need be called.
5500 **
5501 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5502 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5503 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5504 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5505 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5506 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5507 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5508 */
5509 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5510   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5511 
5512   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5513   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5514   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5515 
5516   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5517     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5518 
5519     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5520       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5521       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5522       */
5523       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5524         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5525         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5526           return rc;
5527         }
5528         sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5529       }
5530 
5531       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5532       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5533       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5534       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5535       */
5536       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5537     }else{
5538       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5539       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5540       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5541       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5542       */
5543       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5544       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5545         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5546       }
5547     }
5548 
5549     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5550       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5551       **
5552       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5553       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5554       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5555       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5556       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5557       ** WAL mode.
5558       */
5559       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5560       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5561       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5562       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5563       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5564     }
5565 
5566     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5567     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5568     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5569   }
5570 
5571   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5572   return rc;
5573 }
5574 
5575 /*
5576 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5577 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5578 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5579 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5580 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5581 */
5582 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5583   void *pData = pPg->pData;
5584   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5585   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5586 
5587   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5588   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5589   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5590   */
5591   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5592        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5593        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5594   );
5595   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5596 
5597   /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
5598   ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
5599   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) )  return pPager->errCode;
5600 
5601   /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
5602   ** writable.  But check anyway, just for robustness. */
5603   if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
5604 
5605   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5606 
5607   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5608   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5609   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5610   **
5611   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5612   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5613   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5614   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5615   */
5616   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5617     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5618     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5619   }
5620   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5621   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5622 
5623   /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
5624   ** to the journal then we can return right away.
5625   */
5626   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5627   if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5628     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
5629   }else{
5630 
5631     /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
5632     ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
5633     ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
5634     */
5635     if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5636       assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5637       if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5638         u32 cksum;
5639         char *pData2;
5640         i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5641 
5642         /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5643         ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5644         ** that we do not. */
5645         assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5646 
5647         assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5648         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5649         cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5650 
5651         /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5652         ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5653         ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5654         ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5655         ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5656         ** then corruption may follow.
5657         */
5658         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5659 
5660         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5661         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5662         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5663         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5664         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5665         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5666 
5667         IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5668                  pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5669         PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5670         PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5671              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5672              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5673 
5674         pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5675         pPager->nRec++;
5676         assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5677         rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5678         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5679         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5680         rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5681         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5682           assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5683           return rc;
5684         }
5685       }else{
5686         if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5687           pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5688         }
5689         PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5690                 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5691                ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5692       }
5693     }
5694 
5695     /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5696     ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
5697     ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
5698     ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
5699     */
5700     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5701       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
5702     }
5703   }
5704 
5705   /* Update the database size and return.
5706   */
5707   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5708     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5709   }
5710   return rc;
5711 }
5712 
5713 /*
5714 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5715 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5716 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5717 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5718 **
5719 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5720 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5721 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5722 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5723 **
5724 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5725 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5726 */
5727 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
5728   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5729 
5730   PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
5731   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5732   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5733 
5734   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5735   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5736   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5737   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5738 
5739   if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
5740     Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
5741     Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5742     int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5743     int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
5744     int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5745 
5746     /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5747     ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5748     ** this function.
5749     */
5750     assert( !MEMDB );
5751     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
5752     pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
5753 
5754     /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5755     ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5756     ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5757     */
5758     pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5759 
5760     nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5761     if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5762       nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5763     }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5764       nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5765     }else{
5766       nPage = nPagePerSector;
5767     }
5768     assert(nPage>0);
5769     assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5770     assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5771 
5772     for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5773       Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5774       PgHdr *pPage;
5775       if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5776         if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5777           rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
5778           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5779             rc = pager_write(pPage);
5780             if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5781               needSync = 1;
5782             }
5783             sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5784           }
5785         }
5786       }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5787         if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5788           needSync = 1;
5789         }
5790         sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5791       }
5792     }
5793 
5794     /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5795     ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5796     ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5797     ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5798     ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5799     */
5800     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5801       assert( !MEMDB );
5802       for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5803         PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5804         if( pPage ){
5805           pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5806           sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5807         }
5808       }
5809     }
5810 
5811     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
5812     pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
5813   }else{
5814     rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
5815   }
5816   return rc;
5817 }
5818 
5819 /*
5820 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5821 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5822 ** to change the content of the page.
5823 */
5824 #ifndef NDEBUG
5825 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5826   return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
5827 }
5828 #endif
5829 
5830 /*
5831 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5832 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5833 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5834 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5835 ** content no longer matters.
5836 **
5837 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5838 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5839 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5840 **
5841 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5842 ** DELETE operations.
5843 */
5844 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5845   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5846   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5847     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5848     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5849     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5850     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5851   }
5852 }
5853 
5854 /*
5855 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5856 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5857 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
5858 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5859 **
5860 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5861 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5862 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
5863 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
5864 **
5865 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
5866 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
5867 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
5868 ** transaction is committed.
5869 **
5870 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
5871 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
5872 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
5873 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
5874 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
5875 */
5876 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
5877   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5878 
5879   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5880        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5881   );
5882   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5883 
5884   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
5885   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
5886   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
5887   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
5888   **
5889   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
5890   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
5891   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
5892   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
5893   */
5894 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5895 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
5896   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
5897   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
5898 #else
5899 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
5900 #endif
5901 
5902   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
5903     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
5904 
5905     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5906 
5907     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
5908     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
5909     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5910 
5911     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
5912     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
5913     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
5914     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
5915     */
5916     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
5917       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
5918     }
5919 
5920     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5921       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
5922       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
5923 
5924       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
5925       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
5926         const void *zBuf;
5927         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
5928         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
5929         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5930           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
5931           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
5932         }
5933         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5934           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
5935           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
5936           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
5937           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
5938           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
5939           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
5940         }
5941       }else{
5942         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
5943       }
5944     }
5945 
5946     /* Release the page reference. */
5947     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
5948   }
5949   return rc;
5950 }
5951 
5952 /*
5953 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
5954 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
5955 **
5956 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
5957 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
5958 */
5959 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
5960   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5961   if( !pPager->noSync ){
5962     assert( !MEMDB );
5963     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
5964   }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5965     assert( !MEMDB );
5966     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, 0);
5967     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
5968       rc = SQLITE_OK;
5969     }
5970   }
5971   return rc;
5972 }
5973 
5974 /*
5975 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
5976 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
5977 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
5978 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
5979 **
5980 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
5981 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
5982 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
5983 ** returned.
5984 */
5985 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
5986   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5987   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5988        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5989        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5990   );
5991   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5992   if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5993     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5994   }
5995   return rc;
5996 }
5997 
5998 /*
5999 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6000 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6001 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6002 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6003 **
6004 ** This routine ensures that:
6005 **
6006 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6007 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6008 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6009 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6010 **   * the database file synced.
6011 **
6012 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6013 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6014 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6015 **
6016 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6017 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6018 **
6019 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6020 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6021 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6022 ** journal file in this case.
6023 */
6024 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6025   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6026   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6027   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6028 ){
6029   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6030 
6031   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6032        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6033        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6034        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6035   );
6036   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6037 
6038   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6039   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6040 
6041   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6042       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6043 
6044   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6045   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6046 
6047   if( MEMDB ){
6048     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6049     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6050     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6051     */
6052     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6053   }else{
6054     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6055       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6056       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6057       if( pList==0 ){
6058         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6059         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6060         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
6061         pList = pPageOne;
6062         pList->pDirty = 0;
6063       }
6064       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6065       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6066         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6067       }
6068       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6069       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6070         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6071       }
6072     }else{
6073       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6074       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6075       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6076       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6077       **
6078       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6079       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6080       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6081       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6082       **
6083       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6084       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6085       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6086       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6087       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6088       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6089       ** mode.
6090       **
6091       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6092       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6093       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6094       ** created for this transaction.
6095       */
6096   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6097       PgHdr *pPg;
6098       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6099            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6100            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6101       );
6102       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6103        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6104        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6105        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6106       ){
6107         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6108         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6109         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6110         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6111         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6112         */
6113         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6114       }else{
6115         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6116         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6117           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6118         }
6119       }
6120   #else
6121       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6122   #endif
6123       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6124 
6125       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6126       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6127       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6128       */
6129       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6130       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6131 
6132       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6133       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6134       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6135       **
6136       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6137       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6138       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6139       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6140       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6141       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6142       */
6143       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6144       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6145 
6146       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6147       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6148         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6149         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6150       }
6151       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6152 
6153       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6154       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6155       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6156       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6157       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6158       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6159       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6160         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6161         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6162         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6163         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6164       }
6165 
6166       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6167       if( !noSync ){
6168         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
6169       }
6170       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6171     }
6172   }
6173 
6174 commit_phase_one_exit:
6175   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6176     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6177   }
6178   return rc;
6179 }
6180 
6181 
6182 /*
6183 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6184 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6185 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6186 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6187 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6188 **
6189 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6190 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6191 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6192 ** irrevocably committed.
6193 **
6194 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6195 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6196 */
6197 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6198   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6199 
6200   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6201   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6202   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6203   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6204 
6205   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6206        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6207        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6208   );
6209   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6210 
6211   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6212   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6213   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6214   **
6215   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6216   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6217   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6218   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6219   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6220   ** to drop any locks either.
6221   */
6222   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6223    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6224    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6225   ){
6226     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6227     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6228     return SQLITE_OK;
6229   }
6230 
6231   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6232   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6233   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6234 }
6235 
6236 /*
6237 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6238 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6239 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6240 ** state if an error occurs.
6241 **
6242 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6243 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6244 **
6245 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6246 **
6247 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6248 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6249 **      was opened, and
6250 **
6251 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6252 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6253 **
6254 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6255 ** rollback is successful.
6256 **
6257 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6258 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6259 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6260 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6261 */
6262 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6263   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6264   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6265 
6266   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6267   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6268   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6269   */
6270   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6271   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6272   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6273 
6274   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6275     int rc2;
6276     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6277     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6278     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6279   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6280     int eState = pPager->eState;
6281     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6282     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6283       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6284       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6285       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6286       */
6287       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6288       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6289       return rc;
6290     }
6291   }else{
6292     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6293   }
6294 
6295   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6296   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6297           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
6298 
6299   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6300   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6301   */
6302   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6303 }
6304 
6305 /*
6306 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6307 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6308 */
6309 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6310   return pPager->readOnly;
6311 }
6312 
6313 /*
6314 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
6315 */
6316 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6317   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6318 }
6319 
6320 /*
6321 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6322 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6323 */
6324 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6325   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6326                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6327   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6328            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6329            + pPager->pageSize;
6330 }
6331 
6332 /*
6333 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6334 */
6335 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6336   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6337 }
6338 
6339 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6340 /*
6341 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6342 */
6343 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6344   static int a[11];
6345   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6346   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6347   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6348   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6349   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6350   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6351   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6352   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6353   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6354   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6355   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6356   return a;
6357 }
6358 #endif
6359 
6360 /*
6361 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6362 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6363 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6364 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6365 ** returning.
6366 */
6367 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6368 
6369   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6370        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6371        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6372   );
6373 
6374   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6375   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6376   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6377 
6378   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6379   if( reset ){
6380     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6381   }
6382 }
6383 
6384 /*
6385 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6386 */
6387 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6388   return MEMDB;
6389 }
6390 
6391 /*
6392 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6393 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6394 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6395 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6396 **
6397 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6398 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6399 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6400 */
6401 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6402   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6403   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6404 
6405   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6406   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6407 
6408   if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
6409     int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
6410     PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6411 
6412     /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6413     ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6414     ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6415     */
6416     aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6417         pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6418     );
6419     if( !aNew ){
6420       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6421     }
6422     memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6423     pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6424 
6425     /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6426     for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6427       aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6428       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6429         aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6430       }else{
6431         aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6432       }
6433       aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6434       aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6435       if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6436         return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6437       }
6438       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6439         sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6440       }
6441       pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6442     }
6443     assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6444     assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6445   }
6446 
6447   return rc;
6448 }
6449 
6450 /*
6451 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6452 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6453 ** created savepoint.
6454 **
6455 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6456 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6457 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6458 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6459 **
6460 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6461 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6462 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6463 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6464 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6465 **
6466 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6467 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6468 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6469 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6470 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6471 **
6472 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6473 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6474 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6475 **
6476 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6477 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6478 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6479 */
6480 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6481   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6482 
6483   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6484   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6485 
6486   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6487     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6488     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6489 
6490     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6491     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6492     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6493     */
6494     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6495     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6496       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6497     }
6498     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6499 
6500     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6501     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6502     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6503       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6504         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6505         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6506           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6507           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6508         }
6509         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6510       }
6511     }
6512     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6513     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6514     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6515     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6516     */
6517     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6518       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6519       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6520       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6521     }
6522   }
6523 
6524   return rc;
6525 }
6526 
6527 /*
6528 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6529 **
6530 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6531 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6532 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6533 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6534 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6535 ** participate in shared-cache.
6536 */
6537 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6538   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6539 }
6540 
6541 /*
6542 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6543 */
6544 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6545   return pPager->pVfs;
6546 }
6547 
6548 /*
6549 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6550 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6551 ** not yet been opened.
6552 */
6553 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6554   return pPager->fd;
6555 }
6556 
6557 /*
6558 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6559 */
6560 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6561   return pPager->zJournal;
6562 }
6563 
6564 /*
6565 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
6566 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6567 */
6568 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6569   return pPager->noSync;
6570 }
6571 
6572 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6573 /*
6574 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6575 */
6576 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6577   Pager *pPager,
6578   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6579   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6580   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6581   void *pCodec
6582 ){
6583   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6584   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6585   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6586   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6587   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6588   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6589 }
6590 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6591   return pPager->pCodec;
6592 }
6593 
6594 /*
6595 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6596 ** into the log file.
6597 **
6598 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6599 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6600 */
6601 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6602   void *aData = 0;
6603   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6604   return aData;
6605 }
6606 
6607 /*
6608 ** Return the current pager state
6609 */
6610 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6611   return pPager->eState;
6612 }
6613 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6614 
6615 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6616 /*
6617 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6618 **
6619 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6620 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6621 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6622 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6623 **
6624 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6625 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6626 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6627 **
6628 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6629 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6630 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6631 ** transaction is active).
6632 **
6633 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6634 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6635 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6636 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6637 **
6638 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6639 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6640 */
6641 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6642   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6643   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6644   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6645   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6646 
6647   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6648   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6649        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6650   );
6651   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6652 
6653   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6654   ** the page we are moving from.
6655   */
6656   if( MEMDB ){
6657     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6658     if( rc ) return rc;
6659   }
6660 
6661   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6662   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6663   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6664   **
6665   **   BEGIN;
6666   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6667   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6668   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6669   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6670   **
6671   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6672   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6673   ** statement were is processed.
6674   **
6675   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6676   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6677   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6678   */
6679   if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
6680    && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
6681    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
6682   ){
6683     return rc;
6684   }
6685 
6686   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6687       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6688   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6689 
6690   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6691   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6692   **
6693   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6694   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6695   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6696   */
6697   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6698     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6699     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6700             pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6701     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6702   }
6703 
6704   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6705   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6706   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6707   ** for the page moved there.
6708   */
6709   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6710   pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
6711   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6712   if( pPgOld ){
6713     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6714     if( MEMDB ){
6715       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6716       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6717       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6718     }else{
6719       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6720     }
6721   }
6722 
6723   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6724   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6725   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6726 
6727   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6728   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6729   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6730   */
6731   if( MEMDB ){
6732     assert( pPgOld );
6733     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6734     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
6735   }
6736 
6737   if( needSyncPgno ){
6738     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6739     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6740     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6741     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6742     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6743     ** flag.
6744     **
6745     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6746     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6747     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6748     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6749     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6750     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6751     */
6752     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6753     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
6754     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6755       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6756         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6757         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6758       }
6759       return rc;
6760     }
6761     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6762     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6763     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6764   }
6765 
6766   return SQLITE_OK;
6767 }
6768 #endif
6769 
6770 /*
6771 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6772 */
6773 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6774   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6775   return pPg->pData;
6776 }
6777 
6778 /*
6779 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6780 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6781 */
6782 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6783   return pPg->pExtra;
6784 }
6785 
6786 /*
6787 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6788 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6789 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6790 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6791 **
6792 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6793 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6794 ** locking-mode.
6795 */
6796 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6797   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6798             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6799             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6800   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6801   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6802   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6803   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6804     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6805   }
6806   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6807 }
6808 
6809 /*
6810 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6811 **
6812 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6813 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6814 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6815 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6816 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6817 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6818 **
6819 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6820 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6821 **
6822 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6823 **      or _MEMORY.
6824 **
6825 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
6826 **
6827 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
6828 */
6829 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6830   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
6831 
6832 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6833   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
6834   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
6835   print_pager_state(pPager);
6836 #endif
6837 
6838 
6839   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
6840   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6841             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6842             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6843             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6844             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6845             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
6846 
6847   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
6848   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
6849   ** to WAL mode.
6850   */
6851   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6852 
6853   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
6854   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
6855   */
6856   if( MEMDB ){
6857     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
6858     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
6859       eMode = eOld;
6860     }
6861   }
6862 
6863   if( eMode!=eOld ){
6864 
6865     /* Change the journal mode. */
6866     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
6867     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
6868 
6869     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
6870     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
6871     ** delete the journal file.
6872     */
6873     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
6874     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
6875     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
6876     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
6877     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
6878     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
6879 
6880     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
6881     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
6882 
6883       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
6884       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
6885       ** here is an optimization only.
6886       **
6887       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
6888       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
6889       ** while it is in use by some other client.
6890       */
6891       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6892       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
6893         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6894       }else{
6895         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6896         int state = pPager->eState;
6897         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
6898         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6899           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
6900         }
6901         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
6902           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6903           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
6904         }
6905         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6906           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6907         }
6908         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
6909           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6910         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6911           pager_unlock(pPager);
6912         }
6913         assert( state==pPager->eState );
6914       }
6915     }
6916   }
6917 
6918   /* Return the new journal mode */
6919   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6920 }
6921 
6922 /*
6923 ** Return the current journal mode.
6924 */
6925 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6926   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6927 }
6928 
6929 /*
6930 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
6931 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
6932 ** is unmodified.
6933 */
6934 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6935   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6936   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
6937   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
6938   return 1;
6939 }
6940 
6941 /*
6942 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
6943 **
6944 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
6945 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
6946 */
6947 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
6948   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
6949     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
6950     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
6951   }
6952   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
6953 }
6954 
6955 /*
6956 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
6957 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
6958 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
6959 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
6960 */
6961 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
6962   return &pPager->pBackup;
6963 }
6964 
6965 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
6966 /*
6967 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
6968 */
6969 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
6970   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
6971 }
6972 #endif
6973 
6974 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6975 /*
6976 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
6977 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
6978 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
6979 **
6980 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
6981 */
6982 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
6983   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6984   if( pPager->pWal ){
6985     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
6986         pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
6987         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
6988         pnLog, pnCkpt
6989     );
6990   }
6991   return rc;
6992 }
6993 
6994 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
6995   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
6996 }
6997 
6998 /*
6999 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7000 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7001 */
7002 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7003   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7004   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7005 }
7006 
7007 /*
7008 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7009 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7010 */
7011 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7012   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7013 
7014   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7015   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7016   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7017     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7018     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7019     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7020   }
7021 
7022   return rc;
7023 }
7024 
7025 /*
7026 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7027 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7028 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7029 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7030 */
7031 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7032   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7033 
7034   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7035   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7036 
7037   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7038   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7039   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7040   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7041   */
7042   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7043     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7044   }
7045 
7046   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7047   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7048   */
7049   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7050     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7051         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7052         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7053     );
7054   }
7055   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7056 
7057   return rc;
7058 }
7059 
7060 
7061 /*
7062 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7063 ** this function.
7064 **
7065 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7066 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7067 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7068 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7069 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7070 ** not modified in either case.
7071 **
7072 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7073 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7074 ** without doing anything.
7075 */
7076 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7077   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7078   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7079 ){
7080   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7081 
7082   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7083   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7084   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7085   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7086   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7087 
7088   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7089     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7090 
7091     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7092     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7093 
7094     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7095     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7096       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7097       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7098     }
7099   }else{
7100     *pbOpen = 1;
7101   }
7102 
7103   return rc;
7104 }
7105 
7106 /*
7107 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7108 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7109 **
7110 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7111 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7112 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7113 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7114 */
7115 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7116   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7117 
7118   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7119 
7120   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7121   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7122   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7123   */
7124   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7125     int logexists = 0;
7126     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7127     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7128       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7129           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7130       );
7131     }
7132     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7133       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7134     }
7135   }
7136 
7137   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7138   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7139   */
7140   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7141     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7142     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7143       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7144                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7145       pPager->pWal = 0;
7146       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7147     }
7148   }
7149   return rc;
7150 }
7151 
7152 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7153 
7154 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7155 /*
7156 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7157 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7158 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7159 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7160 ** is empty, return 0.
7161 */
7162 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7163   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
7164   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7165 }
7166 #endif
7167 
7168 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7169